Reviewed/approved by Daniel Jacobowitz <drow@false.org>
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
21655b03
EZ
11Copyright 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
21655b03 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
83* Target Vector Definition::
84* Native Debugging::
85* Support Libraries::
86* Coding::
87* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 88* Versions and Branches::
8973da3a 89* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 90* Testsuite::
c906108c 91* Hints::
aab4e0ec 92
bcd7e15f 93* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 94* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 95* Index::
c906108c
SS
96@end menu
97
98@node Requirements
99
100@chapter Requirements
56caf160 101@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
102
103Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
104requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
105of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
106that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 107
56caf160
EZ
108First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
109front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
110shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 111
56caf160
EZ
112@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
113available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
114programmer.
c906108c 115
56caf160
EZ
116@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
117the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
118going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
119to debugger commands.
c906108c 120
56caf160
EZ
121@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
122While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 123picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
124programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
125mollify the debugger.
c906108c 126
56caf160
EZ
127@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
128Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
129heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 130
56caf160
EZ
131@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
132available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
133supports.
c906108c
SS
134
135
136@node Overall Structure
137
138@chapter Overall Structure
139
56caf160
EZ
140@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
141symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
142@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 143
2e685b93 144The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
145supporting code.
146
147The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
148interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
149parsing, type and value printing.
150
151The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
152physical target manipulation.
153
154The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
155number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
156elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
157supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
158this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
159should fit together.
160
161@section The Symbol Side
162
56caf160
EZ
163The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
164you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
165For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
166many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
167
168@section The Target Side
169
56caf160
EZ
170The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
171Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
172of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
173available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
174
175Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
176display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 177such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
178relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
179way.
180
181@section Configurations
182
56caf160
EZ
183@cindex host
184@cindex target
25822942 185@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
186@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
187executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
188third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
189
190Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
191Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
192float format.
193
194Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
195dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
196breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
197to call a function.
198
199Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
200is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
201host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
202process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
203registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
204in the native-dependent files.
205
206Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
207are really part of the target environment, but which require
208@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
209file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
210
25822942 211When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
212have to include all three kinds of information.
213
214
215@node Algorithms
216
217@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 218@cindex algorithms
c906108c 219
56caf160
EZ
220@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
221often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
222cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
223algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
224they use.
c906108c
SS
225
226@section Frames
227
56caf160
EZ
228@cindex frame
229@cindex call stack frame
230A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
231and called functions.
c906108c 232
56caf160
EZ
233@findex create_new_frame
234@vindex FRAME_FP
c906108c 235@code{FRAME_FP} in the machine description has no meaning to the
56caf160
EZ
236machine-independent part of @value{GDBN}, except that it is used when
237setting up a new frame from scratch, as follows:
c906108c 238
474c8240 239@smallexample
0ba6dca9 240create_new_frame (read_register (DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM), read_pc ()));
474c8240 241@end smallexample
c906108c 242
56caf160 243@cindex frame pointer register
0ba6dca9
AC
244Other than that, all the meaning imparted to @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}
245is imparted by the machine-dependent code. So,
246@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} can have any value that is convenient for
247the code that creates new frames. (@code{create_new_frame} calls
248@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} if it is defined; that is where
249you should use the @code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM} value, if your frames are
250nonstandard.)
c906108c 251
56caf160 252@cindex frame chain
618ce49f
AC
253Given a @value{GDBN} frame, define @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN} to
254determine the address of the calling function's frame. This will be
255used to create a new @value{GDBN} frame struct, and then
e9582e71 256@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO} and
a5afb99f 257@code{DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC} will be called for the new frame.
c906108c
SS
258
259@section Breakpoint Handling
260
56caf160 261@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
262In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
263where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
264that location.
265
266There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
267breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
268
56caf160
EZ
269@cindex hardware breakpoints
270@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
271Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
272features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
273register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 274(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 275ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
276exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
277
278Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
279include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
280processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
281address.
282
283A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
284breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
285software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
286breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 287@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 288for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
289
290Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 291limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 292start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 293notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
294whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
295breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
296an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
297
298@cindex software breakpoints
299Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
300The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
301instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
302that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
303@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
304user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
305instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
306
307Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 308must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 309can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 310although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
311
312Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
313instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
314target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
315breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
316larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
317targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
318instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
319set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
320although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
321instruction.
322
56caf160 323@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
324The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
325@code{BREAKPOINT}.
326
327Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
328much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
329
330@section Single Stepping
331
332@section Signal Handling
333
334@section Thread Handling
335
336@section Inferior Function Calls
337
338@section Longjmp Support
339
56caf160 340@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 341@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
342@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
343stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
344which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
345command.
c906108c 346
56caf160 347@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
348To make this work, you need to define a macro called
349@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
350structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
351is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 352@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
353@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
354
9742079a
EZ
355@section Watchpoints
356@cindex watchpoints
357
358Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
359breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
360instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
361your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
362hunt down and kill such bugs.
363
364@cindex hardware watchpoints
365@cindex software watchpoints
366Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
367known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
368hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
369software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
370will use software watchpoints are:
371
372@itemize @bullet
373@item
374The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
375watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
376to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
377more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
378watchpoints.
379
380@item
381The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
382registers (as opposed to memory).
383
384@item
385Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
386this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
387resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
388breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
389breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
390
391@item
392No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
393implementation.
394@end itemize
395
396Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
397single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
398watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
399section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
400
b6b8ece6
EZ
401When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
402possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
403For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
404watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
405whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
406watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
407returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
408description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
409primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
410watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
411that address.
412
9742079a
EZ
413@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
414watchpoints:
415
416@table @code
417@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
418@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
419If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
420
421@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
422@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
423Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
424possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
425of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
426not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
427number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
428is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
429are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
430the same time).
431
432@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
433@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
434Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
435whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
436
437@findex TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
438@item TARGET_REGION_SIZE_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{size})
439Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
440whose size is @var{size}. @value{GDBN} only uses this macro as a
441fall-back, in case @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is not
442defined.
443
b6b8ece6 444@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
445@findex target_insert_watchpoint
446@findex target_remove_watchpoint
447@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
448@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
449Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
450@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
451possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
452defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
453
474c8240 454@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
455 enum target_hw_bp_type
456 @{
457 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
458 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
459 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
460 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
461 @};
474c8240 462@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
463
464@noindent
465These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
466
467@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
468@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
469@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
470@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
471@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
472Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address @var{addr}.
473Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure. @var{shadow} is the
474real contents of the byte where the breakpoint has been inserted; it
475is generally not valid when hardware breakpoints are used, but since
476no other code touches these values, the implementations of the above
477two macros can use them for their internal purposes.
478
479@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
480@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
481If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
482associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
483@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
484this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
485data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
486support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
487primitives.
9742079a 488
9742079a
EZ
489@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
490@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
491If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
492watchpoint to step over it.
493
494@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
495@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
496If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
497watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
498
499@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
500@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
501If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
502inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
503
504@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
505@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
506If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
507watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
508
509@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
510@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
511Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
512the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
513Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
514the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
515type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
516target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
517the @var{wait_status} argument.
518
519@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
520@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
521determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
522it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
523@end table
524
525@subsection x86 Watchpoints
526@cindex x86 debug registers
527@cindex watchpoints, on x86
528
529The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
530registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
531generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
532support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
533subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
534
535To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
536following:
537
538@itemize @bullet
539@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
540@item
541Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
542target-dependent headers.
543
544@item
545Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
546defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
547
548@item
549Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
550@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
551@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
552
553@item
554Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
555below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
556which does the real work.
557@end itemize
558
559The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
560debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
561real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
562provide:
563
564@table @code
565@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
566@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
567Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
568
569@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
570@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
571Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
572
573@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
574@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
575Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
576number @var{idx}.
577
578@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
579@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
580Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
581used immediately after it is returned by
582@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
583register values.
584@end table
585
586For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
587that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
588to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
589allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
590expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
591wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
592maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
593anything to use this feature.
594
595The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
596bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
597be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
598region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
599@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
600bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
601a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
602region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
603
604The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
605@value{GDBN}'s application code:
606
607@table @code
608@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
609@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
610The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
611this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
612watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
613less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
614processors.
615
616@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
617@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
618The target function
619@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
620This
9742079a
EZ
621function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
622Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
623macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
624set in DR6.
625
ac77d04f
JJ
626@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
627@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
628The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
629is set to call this function. The
630argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
631function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
632Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
633macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
634returned.
635
9742079a
EZ
636@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
637@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
638@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
639@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
640Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
641@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
642are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
643looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
644region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
645reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
646register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
647the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
648value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
649register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
650and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
651inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
652@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
653required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
654each debug register.
655
656@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
657in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
658length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
659values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
660@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
661watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
662decrements the reference count, and only calls
663@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
664the count goes to zero.
665
666@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
667@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
668@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow}
669@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{addr}, @var{shadow})
670These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
671macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
672@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
673These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
674@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
675the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
676hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
677register.
678
679@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
680@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
681This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
682hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 683@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
684address whose watchpoint triggered.
685
686@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
687@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
688This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
689bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
690the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
691@end table
692
693@noindent
694@strong{Notes:}
695@enumerate 1
696@item
697x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
698However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
699@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
700watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
701on x86.
702
703@item
704x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
705only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
706there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
707whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
708current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
709always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
710watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
711unavailable in many platforms.
712@end enumerate
713
bcd7e15f
JB
714@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
715@cindex observer pattern interface
716@cindex notifications about changes in internals
717
718In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
719some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
720modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
721hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
722versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
723@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
724a strong limitation.
725
726A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
727Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
728a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
729previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
730easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
731interface when adding new notifications.
732
733See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
734currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
735implementation is also briefly discussed.
736
c906108c
SS
737@node User Interface
738
739@chapter User Interface
740
25822942 741@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
742is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
743
744@section Command Interpreter
745
56caf160 746@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 747@cindex CLI
25822942 748The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
749allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
750has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
751a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
752
56caf160
EZ
753For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
754@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
755to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
756
56caf160
EZ
757@findex add_cmd
758@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
759To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
760the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 761place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 762the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 763
40dd2248
TT
764@findex add_setshow_cmd
765@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
766To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
767@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
768a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
769further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
770the new command structures for manipulation.
771
56caf160
EZ
772@cindex deprecating commands
773@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
774Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
775deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
776aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
777@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
778return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
779command immediately after it is created.
780
c72e7388 781The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60
FN
782replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
783@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e. the
784entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 785
0ee54786
EZ
786@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
787@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
788@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
789
790@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
791The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
792@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
793interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
794from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
795every UI, to produce output.
796
797@subsection Overview and Terminology
798
799In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
800of output, and can even generate an input request.
801
802Output can be generated for the following purposes:
803
804@itemize @bullet
805@item
806to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
807
808@item
809to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
810operation;
811
812@item
813to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
814progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
815
816@item
817to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
818
819@item
820to show @emph{debug data};
821
822@item
823to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
824@end itemize
825
826@noindent
827This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
828although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
829
830Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
831involves one or more of the following:
832
833@itemize @bullet
834@item
835output of the actual data
836
837@item
838formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
839easily readable by humans
840
841@item
842machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
843parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
844
845@item
c72e7388
AC
846annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
847parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
848@end itemize
849
850The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
851Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
852of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
853deprecated.
854
c72e7388
AC
855Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
856a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
857non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
858header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 859
c72e7388
AC
860@table @code
861@item <table> @expansion{}
862@code{<header> <body>}
863@item <header> @expansion{}
864@code{@{ <column> @}}
865@item <column> @expansion{}
866@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
867@item <body> @expansion{}
868@code{@{<row>@}}
869@end table
0ee54786
EZ
870
871
872@subsection General Conventions
873
c72e7388
AC
874Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
875@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
876object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 877
c72e7388
AC
878The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
879to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 880
c72e7388
AC
881The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
882When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
883sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
884format.
885
c72e7388
AC
886When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
887call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
888
889
c72e7388 890@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
891
892@cindex list output functions
893@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
894@cindex tuple output functions
895This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
896tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
897(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 898
c72e7388
AC
899To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
900containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
901fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 902
c72e7388
AC
903Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
904rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
905even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
906
907@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
908Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
909maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
910
911The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
912
474c8240 913@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
914 ui_out_table_begin
915 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 916 @dots{}
0ee54786 917 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 918 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 919 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
920 @dots{}
921 ui_out_tuple_end
922 @dots{}
0ee54786 923 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 924@end smallexample
0ee54786 925
c72e7388 926Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
927functions:
928
c72e7388
AC
929@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
930The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
931of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
932function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
933the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
934@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
935pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
936@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
937was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
938
939The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
940the end of the table's output.
941@end deftypefun
942
c72e7388
AC
943@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
944@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
945table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
946column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
947@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
948
949The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
950value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
951@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
952center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
953specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
954column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
955call.
0ee54786
EZ
956@end deftypefun
957
958@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 959This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
960@end deftypefun
961
962@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
963This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
964after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
965functions.
0ee54786
EZ
966
967There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
968call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
969will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
970@end deftypefun
971
c72e7388 972The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 973call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
974@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
975@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
976calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
977
c72e7388
AC
978@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
979This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
980to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
981implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
982after the call.
983@end deftypefun
984
985@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
986This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
987one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
988@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
989be signaled.
990@end deftypefun
991
992@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
993This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
994(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
995and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 996cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
997@smallexample
998struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
999ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1000old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1001 uiout);
1002@end smallexample
1003@end deftypefun
1004
1005@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1006This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1007an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1008implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1009after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1010@end deftypefun
1011
1012@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1013This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1014one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1015@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1016be signaled.
1017@end deftypefun
1018
1019@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1020Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1021opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1022that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1023@end deftypefun
1024
1025@subsection Item Output Functions
1026
1027@cindex item output functions
1028@cindex field output functions
1029@cindex data output
1030The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1031items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1032
1033Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1034
1035@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1036This is the most general output function. It produces the
1037representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1038according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1039@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1040supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1041supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1042
1043This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1044use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1045@end deftypefun
1046
c72e7388 1047@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1048This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1049@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1050the name of the field.
1051@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1052
1053@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1054This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1055@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1056@var{fldname} specifies
1057the name of the field.
1058@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1059
c72e7388 1060@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1061This function outputs an address.
1062@end deftypefun
1063
c72e7388 1064@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1065This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1066specification.
1067@end deftypefun
1068
1069Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1070functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1071@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1072the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1073used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1074of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1075@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1076you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1077@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1078@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1079and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1080constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1081you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1082@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1083
1084@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1085This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1086same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1087passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1088@code{ui_stream} object.
1089@end deftypefun
1090
1091@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1092This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1093@var{streambuf}.
1094@end deftypefun
1095
c72e7388 1096@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1097This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1098@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1099@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1100@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1101the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1102@end deftypefun
1103
1104@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1105out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1106@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1107cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1108skeleton code to do that:
1109
1110@smallexample
1111 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1112 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1113 ...
1114 do_cleanups (old);
1115@end smallexample
1116
1117If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1118of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1119
1120@smallexample
1121 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1122 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1123@end smallexample
1124
1125Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1126@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1127same buffer twice.
1128
1129@subsection Utility Output Functions
1130
c72e7388 1131@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1132This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1133an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1134@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1135@end deftypefun
1136
c72e7388 1137@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1138This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1139easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1140this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1141from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1142
1143Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1144the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1145to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1146string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1147output short messages.
1148@end deftypefun
1149
1150@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1151This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1152text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1153list.
1154@end deftypefun
1155
c72e7388 1156@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1157This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1158verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1159current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1160verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1161setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1162as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1163argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1164@end deftypefun
1165
1166@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1167This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1168of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1169output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1170be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1171accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1172explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1173@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1174@end deftypefun
1175
1176@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1177This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1178the UI buffers output.
1179@end deftypefun
1180
1181
1182@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1183
1184@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1185@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1186This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1187functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1188@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1189@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1190
1191This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1192produce a table.
1193
1194The original code was:
1195
474c8240 1196@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1197 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1198 @{
1199 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1200
1201 annotate_field (0);
1202 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1203 annotate_field (1);
1204 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1205 annotate_field (2);
1206 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1207 annotate_field (3);
1208 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1209 if (addressprint)
1210 @{
1211 annotate_field (4);
1212 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1213 @}
1214 annotate_field (5);
1215 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1216
1217 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1218 @}
474c8240 1219@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1220
1221Here's the new version:
1222
474c8240 1223@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1224 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1225
1226 if (addressprint)
1227 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1228 else
1229 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1230
1231 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1232 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1233 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1234 annotate_field (0);
1235 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1236 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1237 annotate_field (1);
1238 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1239 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1240 annotate_field (2);
1241 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1242 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1243 annotate_field (3);
1244 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1245 if (addressprint)
1246 @{
1247 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1248 annotate_field (4);
1249 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1250 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1251 else
c72e7388
AC
1252 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1253 @}
1254 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1255 annotate_field (5);
1256 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1257 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1258 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1259 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1260@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1261
1262This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1263to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1264in the above example. The original code was:
1265
474c8240 1266@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1267 annotate_record ();
1268 annotate_field (0);
1269 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1270 annotate_field (1);
1271 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1272 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1273 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1274 (int)b->type);
1275 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1276 annotate_field (2);
1277 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1278 annotate_field (3);
1279 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1280 @dots{}
474c8240 1281@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1282
1283This is the new version:
1284
474c8240 1285@smallexample
0ee54786 1286 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1287 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1288 annotate_field (0);
1289 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1290 annotate_field (1);
1291 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1292 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1293 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1294 (int) b->type);
1295 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1296 annotate_field (2);
1297 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1298 annotate_field (3);
1299 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1300 @dots{}
474c8240 1301@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1302
1303This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1304produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1305functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1306automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1307
474c8240 1308@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1309 annotate_field (5);
1310 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1311@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1312
1313The new version is:
1314
474c8240 1315@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1316 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1317 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1318 ...
1319 annotate_field (5);
1320 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1321 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1322@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1323
1324This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1325@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1326was:
1327
474c8240 1328@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1329 annotate_field (5);
1330 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1331 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1332 else
1333 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1334@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1335
1336It became:
1337
474c8240 1338@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1339 annotate_field (5);
1340 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1341 @{
1342 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1343 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1344 @}
1345 else
1346 @{
1347 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1348 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1349 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1350 @}
474c8240 1351@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1352
1353The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1354use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1355code was:
1356
474c8240 1357@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1358 annotate_field (5);
1359 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1360 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1361@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1362
1363It became:
1364
474c8240 1365@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1366 annotate_field (5);
1367 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1368 @{
1369 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1370 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1371 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1372 @}
474c8240 1373@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1374
1375Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1376code was:
1377
474c8240 1378@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1379 annotate_field (5);
1380 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1381 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1382@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1383
1384It became:
1385
474c8240 1386@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1387 annotate_field (5);
1388 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1389 @{
1390 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1391 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1392 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1393 @}
474c8240 1394@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1395
1396Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1397
474c8240 1398@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1399 annotate_field (4);
1400 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1401 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1402@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1403
1404It became:
1405
474c8240 1406@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1407 annotate_field (4);
1408 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1409@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1410
1411
c906108c
SS
1412@section Console Printing
1413
1414@section TUI
1415
89437448 1416@node libgdb
c906108c 1417
89437448
AC
1418@chapter libgdb
1419
1420@section libgdb 1.0
1421@cindex @code{libgdb}
1422@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1423to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1424
1425@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1426@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1427@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1428better able to support graphical and other environments.
1429
1430Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1431evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1432
1433@itemize @bullet
1434@item
1435Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1436@item
1437Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1438@item
1439Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1440@item
1441Library - @file{gdb.h}
1442@end itemize
1443
1444The model that ties these components together is described below.
1445
1446@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1447
1448A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1449
1450@itemize @bullet
1451@item
1452As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1453@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1454state, etc).
1455@item
1456As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1457obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1458@end itemize
1459
1460Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g. a GUI supporting
1461the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1462controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1463@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1464before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1465
1466@section CLI support
1467
1468At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1469@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1470their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1471requirements.
1472
1473It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1474(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1475out the theory:
1476
1477@itemize @bullet
1478@item
1479The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1480@item
1481The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1482versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1483@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1484@item
1485The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1486used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1487@end itemize
1488
1489When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1490along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1491the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1492through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1493At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1494virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1495
1496The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1497@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1498client's custom builder).
1499
1500@section @code{libgdb} components
1501
1502@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1503@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1504be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1505observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1506the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1507finished the current command.
1508
1509@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1510@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1511create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1512when doing any queries.
1513
1514@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1515@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1516@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1517loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1518implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1519
1520The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1521@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1522instead of returning.
1523
1524@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1525@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1526the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1527builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1528before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1529
1530@node Symbol Handling
1531
1532@chapter Symbol Handling
1533
25822942 1534Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1535functions, and types.
1536
1537@section Symbol Reading
1538
56caf160
EZ
1539@cindex symbol reading
1540@cindex reading of symbols
1541@cindex symbol files
1542@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1543file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1544debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1545symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1546more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1547reading symbols from shared libraries.
1548
1549@findex find_sym_fns
1550Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1551the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1552of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1553this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1554
1555@findex add_symtab_fns
1556@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1557@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1558Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1559@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1560to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1561name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1562and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1563times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1564prefix.
1565
1566The functions supplied by each module are:
1567
1568@table @code
1569@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1570
56caf160 1571@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1572Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1573symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1574resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1575read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1576might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1577whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1578
1579The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1580@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1581new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1582and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1583information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1584in the @code{private} field.
1585
1586There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1587@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1588
1589@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1590
1591Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1592This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1593state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1594@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1595arguments and no result. It may be called after
1596@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1597may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1598
1599@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1600
1601Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1602symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1603
56caf160 1604@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1605@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1606the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1607address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
1608table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g. shared library
1609or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1610@end table
1611
1612In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1613@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1614to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1615from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1616
1617@table @code
1618@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1619
56caf160 1620Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1621the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1622pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1623symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1624@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1625zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1626@end table
1627
1628@section Partial Symbol Tables
1629
56caf160 1630@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1631
1632@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1633@cindex full symbol table
1634@cindex symtabs
1635@item
1636Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1637information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1638
56caf160
EZ
1639@cindex psymtabs
1640@item
1641Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1642information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1643symbol table.
1644
56caf160
EZ
1645@cindex minimal symbol table
1646@cindex minsymtabs
1647@item
1648Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1649gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1650@end itemize
1651
56caf160 1652@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1653This section describes partial symbol tables.
1654
1655A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1656file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1657extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1658need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1659information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1660quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1661pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1662the user.
1663@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1664
1665The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1666visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1667that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1668types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1669
1670The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1671full symbol table would represent.
1672
56caf160
EZ
1673@cindex finding a symbol
1674@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1675The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1676code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1677
1678@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1679@findex find_pc_function
1680@findex find_pc_line
1681@item
1682By its address (e.g. execution stops at some address which is inside a
1683function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1684range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1685@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1686@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1687
56caf160
EZ
1688@cindex lookup_symbol
1689@item
1690By its name
c906108c
SS
1691(e.g. the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
1692function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1693psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1694have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1695case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1696qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1697local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1698does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1699@end itemize
1700
1701The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1702at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1703while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1704psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1705them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1706either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1707name.
1708
56caf160
EZ
1709It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1710been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1711in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1712all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1713ranges.
c906108c 1714
56caf160 1715The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1716thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1717be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1718bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1719and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1720on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1721unless you want to do a lot more work.
1722
1723@section Types
1724
56caf160 1725@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 1726
56caf160 1727@cindex fundamental types
25822942 1728These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
1729types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
1730into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
1731that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
1732knows about.
c906108c 1733
56caf160 1734@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 1735
56caf160
EZ
1736@cindex type codes
1737Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
1738of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
1739@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
1740which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
1741types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
1742other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
1743or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 1744
56caf160 1745@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
1746
1747These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
1748fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
1749use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
1750eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
1751initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
1752@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
1753an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
1754@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
1755only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
1756@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
1757some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
1758
1759@section Object File Formats
56caf160 1760@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
1761
1762@subsection a.out
1763
56caf160
EZ
1764@cindex @code{a.out} format
1765The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
1766consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
1767which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
1768respectively.
c906108c 1769
56caf160 1770The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 1771place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
1772@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
1773format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
1774symbols with distinctive attributes.
1775
56caf160 1776The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
1777
1778@subsection COFF
1779
56caf160 1780@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
1781The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
1782COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
1783number of sections is limited.
1784
1785The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
1786was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
1787instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
1788included file.
1789
1790The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
1791
1792@subsection ECOFF
1793
56caf160 1794@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
1795ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
1796workstations.
1797
1798The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
1799
1800@subsection XCOFF
1801
56caf160 1802@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
1803The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
1804The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
1805symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
1806@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
1807information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
1808
1809The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
1810shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
1811refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
1812relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
1813using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
1814been run (or the core file has been read).
1815
1816@subsection PE
1817
56caf160
EZ
1818@cindex PE-COFF format
1819Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
1820executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
1821
25822942 1822While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
1823COFF reader.
1824
1825@subsection ELF
1826
56caf160 1827@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
1828The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
1829to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
1830many of COFF's limitations.
1831
1832The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
1833
1834@subsection SOM
1835
56caf160 1836@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
1837SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
1838SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
1839
1840The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
1841
1842@subsection Other File Formats
1843
56caf160 1844@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 1845Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 1846Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
1847
1848@section Debugging File Formats
1849
1850This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
1851are independent of the object file format.
1852
1853@subsection stabs
1854
56caf160 1855@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
1856@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
1857format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
1858formats, such as COFF and ELF.
1859
1860While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
1861including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
1862the real work.
1863
1864@subsection COFF
1865
56caf160 1866@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1867The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
1868of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
1869
1870@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
1871
56caf160 1872@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
1873ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
1874
1875The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
1876
1877@subsection DWARF 1
1878
56caf160 1879@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1880DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
1881used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
1882
c906108c
SS
1883@c GCC_PRODUCER
1884@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
1885@c LCC_PRODUCER
1886@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
1887@c these have reasonable defaults already.
1888
1889The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
1890
1891@subsection DWARF 2
1892
56caf160 1893@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
1894DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
1895
1896The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
1897
1898@subsection SOM
1899
56caf160 1900@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
1901Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
1902
25822942 1903@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1904
56caf160
EZ
1905@cindex adding debugging info reader
1906If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
1907there is probably little to be done.
1908
1909If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
1910BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
1911
1912You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 1913debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 1914from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 1915information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
1916internal data structures.
1917
1918For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
1919to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
1920platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
1921will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
1922directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 1923@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
1924
1925
1926@node Language Support
1927
1928@chapter Language Support
1929
56caf160
EZ
1930@cindex language support
1931@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
1932although it is possible for the user to set the source language
1933manually.
c906108c 1934
56caf160
EZ
1935@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
1936of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
1937means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
1938identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 1939
25822942 1940@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 1941
56caf160
EZ
1942@cindex adding source language
1943To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
1944following steps:
c906108c
SS
1945
1946@table @emph
1947@item Create the expression parser.
1948
56caf160 1949@cindex expression parser
c906108c 1950This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 1951building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
1952@file{parse.c}.
1953
56caf160 1954@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
1955Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
1956parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 1957@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
1958various parsers from defining the same global names:
1959
474c8240 1960@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
1961#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
1962#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
1963#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
1964#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
1965#define yychar @var{lang}_char
1966#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
1967#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
1968#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
1969#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
1970#define yydef @var{lang}_def
1971#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
1972#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
1973#define yyact @var{lang}_act
1974#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
1975#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
1976#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 1977@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
1978
1979At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
1980initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
1981@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 1982@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
1983that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
1984and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
1985@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
1986language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
1987for more information.
1988
1989@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
1990
56caf160
EZ
1991@cindex expression evaluation routines
1992@findex evaluate_subexp
1993@findex prefixify_subexp
1994@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
1995If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
1996add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
1997code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
1998defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 1999for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2000@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2001the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2002
2003@item Update some existing code
2004
2005Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2006@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2007
2008Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2009These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2010are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2011statement, an error is reported.
2012
56caf160 2013@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2014Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2015@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2016@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2017string.
2018
56caf160 2019@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2020Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2021language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2022dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2023
56caf160 2024@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2025Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2026code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2027This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2028Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2029file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2030information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2031code.
2032
56caf160
EZ
2033@findex print_subexp
2034@findex op_print_tab
2035Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2036expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2037printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2038
2039@item Add a place of call
2040
56caf160 2041@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2042Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2043@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2044
2045@item Use macros to trim code
2046
56caf160 2047@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2048The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2049languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2050@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2051macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2052leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2053using your language.
2054
25822942 2055Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2056is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2057compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2058
56caf160
EZ
2059See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2060for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2061
2062@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2063
2064Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2065variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2066not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2067distribution!
c906108c
SS
2068@end table
2069
2070
2071@node Host Definition
2072
2073@chapter Host Definition
2074
56caf160 2075With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2076definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2077mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2078
2079@section Adding a New Host
2080
56caf160
EZ
2081@cindex adding a new host
2082@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2083@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2084New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2085@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2086below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2087eventually disappear.
c906108c 2088
c906108c 2089@table @file
c906108c 2090@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2091This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2092(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2093configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2094
2095Host configuration information included a definition of
2096@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2097@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2098@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2099
7fd60527
AC
2100New host only configurations do not need this file.
2101
c906108c 2102@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2103This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2104gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2105handled by Autoconf.
2106
2107New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2108
2109@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2110file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2111@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2112also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2113
c906108c
SS
2114@end table
2115
2116@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2117
56caf160 2118@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2119There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2120various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2121defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2122the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2123@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2124
2125Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2126to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2127Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2128into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2129
2130@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2131@cindex remote debugging support
2132@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2133@item ser-unix.c
2134This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2135included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2136variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2137
2138@item ser-go32.c
2139This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2140using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2141
56caf160 2142@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2143@item ser-tcp.c
2144This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2145@end table
2146
2147@section Host Conditionals
2148
56caf160
EZ
2149When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2150defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2151attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2152the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2153they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2154
56caf160 2155@ftable @code
25822942 2156@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2157The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2158@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2159
cce74817
JM
2160@item NO_STD_REGS
2161This macro is deprecated.
2162
c906108c
SS
2163@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2164If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2165of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2166
2167@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2168Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2169the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2170
2171@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2172@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2173Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2174@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2175@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2176on several different types of systems.
2177
2178@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2179@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2180Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2181line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2182characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2183which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2184mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2185
2186@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2187@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2188The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2189
2190@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2191@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2192The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2193
c906108c
SS
2194@item FOPEN_RB
2195Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2196
c906108c 2197@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2198@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2199In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2200tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2201
c906108c
SS
2202@item HAVE_TERMIO
2203Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2204
c906108c 2205@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2206@itemx INT_MIN
2207@itemx LONG_MAX
2208@itemx UINT_MAX
2209@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2210Values for host-side constants.
2211
2212@item ISATTY
2213Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2214
2215@item LONGEST
2216This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2217it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2218@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2219
2220@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2221@cindex @code{long long} data type
2222Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2223by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2224
2225@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2226Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2227the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2228@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2229
2230@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2231Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2232set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2233
2234@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2235Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2236numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2237set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2238
2239@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2240Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2241float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2242@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2243
2244@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2245Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2246@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2247is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2248
2249@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2250This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2251@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2252which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2253
c906108c
SS
2254@item NORETURN
2255If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2256that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2257indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2258if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2259
2260@item ATTR_NORETURN
2261If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2262@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2263of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2264set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2265defined.
2266
c906108c 2267@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2268@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2269Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2270defined.
2271
2272@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2273This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2274@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2275
c906108c
SS
2276@item USG
2277Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2278This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2279@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2280
2281@item lint
56caf160 2282Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2283
2284@item volatile
2285Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2286@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2287@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2288
2289
2290@node Target Architecture Definition
2291
2292@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2293
56caf160
EZ
2294@cindex target architecture definition
2295@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2296machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2297with them.
c906108c 2298
af6c57ea
AC
2299The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2300@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2301using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2302
70f80edf
JT
2303@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2304@cindex OS ABI variants
2305
2306@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2307ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2308variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2309components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2310
2311A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2312(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2313OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2314to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2315considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2316overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2317architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2318different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2319OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2320examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2321sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2322
2323@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2324A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2325selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2326for each BFD architecture.
2327
2328The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{osabi.h}:
2329
2330@table @code
2331
2332@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2333@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2334The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2335settings for the architecture will be used.
2336
2337@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2338@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2339UNIX System V Release 4
2340
2341@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2342@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
2343GNU using the Hurd kernel
2344
2345@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2346@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2347Sun Solaris
2348
2349@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2350@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2351OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX
2352
2353@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2354@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2355GNU using the Linux kernel
2356
2357@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2358@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2359FreeBSD using the a.out executable format
2360
2361@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2362@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2363FreeBSD using the ELF executable format
2364
2365@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2366@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2367NetBSD using the a.out executable format
2368
2369@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2370@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2371NetBSD using the ELF executable format
2372
2373@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2374@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2375Windows CE
2376
1029b7fa
MK
2377@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2378@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
2379DJGPP
2380
2381@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2382@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2383Novell NetWare
2384
70f80edf
JT
2385@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2386@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V1
2387ARM Embedded ABI version 1
2388
2389@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2390@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_EABI_V2
2391ARM Embedded ABI version 2
2392
2393@findex GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2394@item GDB_OSABI_ARM_APCS
2395Generic ARM Procedure Call Standard
2396
2397@end table
2398
2399Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2400
2401@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2402Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2403@end deftypefun
2404
c133ab7a 2405@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2406Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2407architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2408@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2409machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2410will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2411@end deftypefun
2412
2413@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2414Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2415BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2416If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2417be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2418any architecture.
2419@end deftypefun
2420
2421@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2422Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2423The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2424be determined.
2425@end deftypefun
2426
2427@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2428Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2429@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2430corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2431architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2432with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2433@end deftypefun
2434
c906108c
SS
2435@section Registers and Memory
2436
56caf160
EZ
2437@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2438@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2439block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2440
56caf160
EZ
2441@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2442compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2443that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2444to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2445and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2446
25822942 2447@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2448
93e79dbd
JB
2449@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2450@cindex pointer representation
2451@cindex address representation
2452@cindex word-addressed machines
2453@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2454@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2455@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2456@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2457@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2458@cindex D10V addresses
2459
2460On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2461indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2462whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2463machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2464However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2465address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2466identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2467
172c2a43 2468For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2469instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2470actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2471jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2472full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2473If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2474then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2475However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2476low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2477zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2478the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2479refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2480code space.
2481
2482However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2483forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2484@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2485@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2486
2487(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2488affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2489going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2490
56caf160
EZ
2491To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2492one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2493byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2494of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2495@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2496@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2497@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2498and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2499
2500Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2501processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2502each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2503distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2504clean up some architecture-independent code.
2505
2506Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2507
2508@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2509Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2510@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2511appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2512@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2513@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2514inferior's.
2515
2516For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2517extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2518@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2519D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2520@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2521
2522If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2523will signal an internal error.
2524@end deftypefun
2525
2526@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2527Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2528pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2529@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2530inferior's.
2531
2532For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2533stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2534appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2535is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2536a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2537
2538If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2539will signal an internal error.
2540@end deftypefun
2541
f23631e4 2542@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2543Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2544as appropriate for the current architecture.
2545
2546This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2547For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2548described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2549@end deftypefun
2550
2551@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2552Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2553the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2554This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2555above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2556@end deftypefun
2557
93e79dbd
JB
2558Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2559relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2560definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2561simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2562
2563@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2564Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2565appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2566address the pointer refers to.
2567
2568This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2569C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2570@end deftypefn
2571
2572@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2573Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2574@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2575
2576This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2577C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2578@end deftypefn
2579
b5b0480a
KB
2580@section Address Classes
2581@cindex address classes
2582@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2583@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2584
2585Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2586via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2587define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2588distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2589info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2590address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2591following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2592types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2593a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2594
2595@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2596Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2597is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2598This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2599@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2600@end deftypefn
2601
2602@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2603Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2604its name.
2605@end deftypefn
2606@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
2607Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} refererenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
2608for that address class qualifier.
2609@end deftypefn
2610
2611Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2612the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2613macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2614
2615Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
261632-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2617suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2618uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2619of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2620to implement the address class macros:
2621
2622@smallexample
2623somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2624 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2625@{
b5b0480a
KB
2626 if (byte_size == 2)
2627 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2628 else
2629 return 0;
f2abfe65 2630@}
b5b0480a
KB
2631
2632static char *
2633somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2634@{
b5b0480a
KB
2635 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2636 return "short";
2637 else
2638 return NULL;
f2abfe65 2639@}
b5b0480a
KB
2640
2641int
2642somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
2643 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 2644@{
b5b0480a 2645 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 2646 @{
b5b0480a
KB
2647 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2648 return 1;
f2abfe65 2649 @}
b5b0480a
KB
2650 else
2651 return 0;
f2abfe65 2652@}
b5b0480a
KB
2653@end smallexample
2654
2655The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
2656to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
2657the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
2658short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
2659
2660@smallexample
2661(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
2662type = int * @@short
2663@end smallexample
2664
93e79dbd 2665
13d01224
AC
2666@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
2667@cindex raw register representation
2668@cindex virtual register representation
2669@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
2670
2671@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
2672functionality described here has largely been replaced by
2673pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
2674Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
2675Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
2676Bug Tracking Database} and
2677@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
2678up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 2679
9fb4dd36
JB
2680Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
2681register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 2682In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 2683the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 2684used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 2685
13d01224
AC
2686@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
2687both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
2688register forms.}
2689
9fb4dd36
JB
2690For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
2691raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2692However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
2693
2694@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 2695@item
56caf160 2696The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
2697we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
2698floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
2699are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
2700allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
2701type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
2702arrangement is the virtual representation.
2703
2704@item
25822942
DB
2705Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
2706registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
2707bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
2708raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
2709virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
2710@end itemize
2711
2712In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
2713@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
2714can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
2715@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
2716@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 2717
56caf160
EZ
2718Your architecture may define the following macros to request
2719conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
2720
2721@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
2722Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
2723and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
2724
2725You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
2726unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
2727@end deftypefn
2728
12c266ea 2729@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 2730The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 2731of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2732remote protocol packet.
2733@end deftypefn
2734
f30992d4 2735@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2736The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
2737This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
2738register's value.
2739@end deftypefn
2740
2e092625 2741@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
2742This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
2743@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 2744register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
2745always uses the virtual form.
2746@end deftypefn
2747
2748@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2749Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2750should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2751at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2752convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2753
6f6ef15a
EZ
2754Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
2755@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
2756arguments in different orders.
2757
2758You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
2759for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
2760value.
9fb4dd36
JB
2761@end deftypefn
2762
2763@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2764Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 2765should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
2766at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
2767convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
2768
2769Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
2770their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2771@end deftypefn
2772
2773
13d01224
AC
2774@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
2775@cindex register representation
2776@cindex memory representation
2777@cindex representations, register and memory
2778@cindex register data formats, converting
2779@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
2780
2781@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
2782significant change. Many of the macros and functions refered to in this
2783section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
2784@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
2785@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
2786further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
2787
2788Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
2789form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
2790For example:
2791
2792@itemize @bullet
2793
2794@item
2795The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
2796floating-point registers.
2797
2798@item
2799The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
2800@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
2801when stored in a register.
2802
2803@end itemize
2804
2805In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
2806the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
2807the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
2808Interface.
2809
2810For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
2811representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
2812However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
2813following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
2814representations of a data type:
2815
2816@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
2817Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
2818register may be different to the representation of that same data value
2819when stored in memory.
2820
2821When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
2822@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
2823@end deftypefn
2824
2825@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2826Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
2827@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
2828format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
2829
2830Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2831their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2832
2833You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
2834the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2835@end deftypefn
2836
2837@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
2838Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
2839raw format.
2840
2841Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
2842their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
2843
2844You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
2845the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
2846@end deftypefn
2847
2848@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2849See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
2850@end deftypefn
2851
2852
c906108c
SS
2853@section Frame Interpretation
2854
2855@section Inferior Call Setup
2856
2857@section Compiler Characteristics
2858
2859@section Target Conditionals
2860
2861This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
2862machine.
2863
2864@table @code
2865
c906108c 2866@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 2867@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
2868If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
2869really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 2870expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
2871addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
2872
2873For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
28742.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
2875instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
2876boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
2877address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
2878bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 2879
b5b0480a
KB
2880@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
2881@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
2882If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
2883referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
2884and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
2885return 0.
2886
2887The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
2888@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
2889possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
2890@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2891
2892@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2893@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2894Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
2895has been defined.
2896
2897@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2898@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2899Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
2900the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
2901used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
2902returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
2903@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
2904values or'd together.
2905@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2906
2907@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
2908@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
2909Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
2910been defined.
2911
2912@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
2913@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
2914Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
2915flags given by @var{type_flags}.
2916
2917@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
2918@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
2919Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
2920been defined.
2921@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
2922
93e79dbd 2923@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 2924@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
2925Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2926@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2927This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2928C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2929@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
2930
c906108c 2931@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
2932@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
2933Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
2934parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
2935original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 2936
c906108c 2937@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
2938@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
2939Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 2940endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 2941are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
2942
2943@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 2944@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2945This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
2946memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
2947instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
2948pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
2949longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
2950
56caf160
EZ
2951@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
2952@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2953
c906108c 2954@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
2955@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2956@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
2957@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
2958Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
2959
56caf160
EZ
2960@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2961favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 2962
2dd0da42
AC
2963@item DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2964@itemx DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2965@itemx DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2966@findex DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2967@findex DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2968@findex DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT
2969Specify the breakpoint instruction sequence for a remote target.
2970@code{DEPRECATED_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT},
2971@code{DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} and
2972@code{DEPRECATED_LITTLE_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
2973favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} (@pxref{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}).
c906108c 2974
56caf160
EZ
2975@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
2976@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
2977@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
2978contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
2979a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
2980length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
2981counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
2982breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
2983
2984Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
2985not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
2986instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
2987instruction of the architecture.
2988
7a292a7a
SS
2989Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
2990
56caf160
EZ
2991@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2992@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{contents_cache})
2993@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
2994@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
2995Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
2996(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
2997@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
2998provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
2999architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3000@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3001likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3002conventional manner.
3003
3004It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3005custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3006@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3007reason.
3008
1485d690
KB
3009@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3010@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3011@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3012Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3013address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3014breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3015
3016The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3017The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3018instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3019instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3020one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3021in parallel.
3022
3023In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3024from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3025information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3026refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3027if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3028statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3029instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3030(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3031in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3032at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3033
3034The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3035breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3036the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3037
3038Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3039expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3040is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3041
c906108c 3042@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3043@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3044See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3045
7043d8dc
AC
3046This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3047(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3048
56caf160
EZ
3049@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3050@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3051A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3052from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3053@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3054
56caf160
EZ
3055@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3056@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3057A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3058written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3059status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3060@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3061
13d01224
AC
3062@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3063@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3064Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3065non-standard form.
3066@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3067
c906108c 3068@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3069@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3070Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3071program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3072@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3073
56caf160
EZ
3074@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3075@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3076If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3077library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3078
5e74b15c 3079@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3080@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3081If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3082the processor's floating point unit.
3083
0ab7a791
AC
3084@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3085@findex print_registers_info
3086If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3087specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3088either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3089registers (@var{all} is zero).
3090
3091The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3092zero omits floating-point registers.
3093
e76f1f2e
AC
3094@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3095@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3096If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3097to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3098
3099By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3100registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3101
0dcedd82 3102@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3103@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3104Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3105no conversion will be performed.
3106
3107@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3108@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3109Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3110defined, no conversion will be performed.
3111
3112@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3113@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3114Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3115no conversion will be performed.
3116
c906108c 3117@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3118@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3119This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3120@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3121
56caf160
EZ
3122@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3123@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3124Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3125the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3126into @var{valbuf}.
3127
92ad9cd9
AC
3128This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3129(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3130
74055713
AC
3131@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3132@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3133@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3134When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3135register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3136its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3137
92ad9cd9 3138@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3139
74055713
AC
3140@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3141@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3142Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3143
0ba6dca9
AC
3144@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3145@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3146If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3147macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3148
0ba6dca9
AC
3149This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3150is not defined.
c906108c 3151
19772a2c
AC
3152@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3153@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3154Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3155represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3156Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3157
790eb8f5
AC
3158@item frame_align (@var{address})
3159@anchor{frame_align}
3160@findex frame_align
3161Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3162requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3163alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3164stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3165
3166This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3167the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3168value are correctly aligned.
3169
f27dd7fd
AC
3170Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3171address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3172
3173By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3174
8b148df9
AC
3175@item int frame_red_zone_size
3176
3177The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3178@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3179allocating extra stack space).
3180
3181When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3182modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3183@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3184stack.
3185
3186By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3187(@pxref{frame_align}).
3188
3189The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3190@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3191@cindex red zone
3192
618ce49f
AC
3193@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3194@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3195Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3196
618ce49f
AC
3197@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3198@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3199Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3200outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3201situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3202chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3203startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3204@code{_start}.
c906108c 3205
f30ee0bc
AC
3206@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3207@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3208See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3209current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3210@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3211@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3212@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3213
fb8f8949 3214@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3215
56caf160
EZ
3216@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3217@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3218For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3219are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3220@code{-1}.
c906108c 3221
8bedc050
AC
3222@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3223@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3224@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3225saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3226
3227This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3228
3229@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3230@findex unwind_pc
3231@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3232caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
3233This is commonly refered to as the return address.
3234
3235The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3236is typically no more than:
3237
3238@smallexample
3239ULONGEST pc;
3240frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3241return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3242@end smallexample
3243
3244@noindent
8bedc050 3245@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3246
a9e5fdc2
AC
3247@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3248@findex unwind_sp
3249@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
3250commonly refered to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
3251
3252The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3253is typically no more than:
3254
3255@smallexample
3256ULONGEST sp;
3257frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3258return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3259@end smallexample
3260
3261@noindent
3262@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3263
c906108c 3264@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3265@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3266For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3267function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3268@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3269function's epilogue.
3270
782263ab
AC
3271@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3272@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3273An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3274used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3275function's first genuine instruction.
3276
3277This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3278the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3279example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3280indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3281VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3282appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3283function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3284@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3285
c906108c 3286@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3287@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3288@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3289@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3290If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3291look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3292are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3293respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3294
25822942 3295@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3296@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3297If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3298within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3299
56caf160 3300This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3301definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3302a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3303defined.
3304
25822942 3305@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3306@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3307This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3308@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3309HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3310used instead.
c906108c 3311
c906108c 3312@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3313@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3314For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3315DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3316the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3317
56caf160
EZ
3318This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3319assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3320@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3321pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3322
ac2adee5
AC
3323@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3324@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3325Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3326@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3327
268e2188
AC
3328@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3329@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3330Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3331conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3332feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3333repenting at leisure.
3334
9742079a
EZ
3335@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3336An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3337support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3338
2df3850c 3339@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3340@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3341Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3342macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3343routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3344
3345On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3346@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3347routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3348
e9582e71
AC
3349@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3350@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3351If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3352stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3353is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3354
a5afb99f
AC
3355@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3356@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3357This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3358@var{prev}. [By default...]
3359
56caf160
EZ
3360@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3361@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3362Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3363stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3364the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3365stack grows upward.
3366
9e5abb06
CV
3367@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3368@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3369Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3370The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3371the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3372final `return from function call' instruction.
3373
aa2a3f87
AC
3374@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3375@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3376@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3377@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3378Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3379given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3380constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3381@var{pc}.
3382
56caf160
EZ
3383@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3384@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3385Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3386trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3387
56caf160
EZ
3388@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3389@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3390Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3391trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3392
56caf160
EZ
3393@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3394@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3395Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3396dynamic linker.
3397
56caf160
EZ
3398@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3399@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3400Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3401should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3402function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3403to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3404stepping will suffice.
3405
fc0c74b1
AC
3406@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3407@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3408@cindex converting integers to addresses
3409Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3410conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3411the current architectures conventions.
3412
3413@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3414their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3415@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3416computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3417major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3418other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3419conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3420out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3421to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3422disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3423method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3424@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3425
3426@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3427Addresses}.
3428
c906108c 3429@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3430@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3431(Specific to the a29k.)
3432
93e79dbd 3433@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3434@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3435Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3436appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3437address the pointer refers to.
3438@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3439
9fb4dd36 3440@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3441@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3442Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3443@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3444
3445@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3446@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3447Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3448@var{type}.
4281a42e 3449@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3450
12c266ea
AC
3451@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3452@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3453Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3454virtual type.
13d01224 3455@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3456
617073a9
AC
3457@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3458@findex register_reggroup_p
3459@cindex register groups
3460Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3461group @var{reggroup}.
3462
3463By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3464
3465@table @code
3466@item float_reggroup
3467Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3468@item vector_reggroup
3469Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3470@item general_reggroup
3471Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3472floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3473@item save_reggroup
3474@itemx restore_reggroup
3475@itemx all_reggroup
3476Any register with a valid name.
3477@end table
3478
f30992d4
AC
3479@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3480@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3481Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3482register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3483Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3484@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3485
2e092625 3486@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3487@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3488Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3489@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3490
77e7e267
AC
3491@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3492@findex register_type
3493If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
2e092625 3494superseeds @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3495Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3496
9fb4dd36 3497@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3498@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3499Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3500form.
13d01224 3501@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3502
3503@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3504@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3505Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3506form.
13d01224 3507@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3508
0ab4b752
MK
3509@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3510@findex regset_from_core_section
3511Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3512@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3513
b0ed3589 3514@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3515@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3516Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3517mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3518
56caf160
EZ
3519@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breapoints_p})
3520@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3521A function that inserts or removes (depending on
c906108c 3522@var{insert_breapoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3523the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3524for examples.
3525
da59e081 3526@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3527@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3528Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3529debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3530them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3531address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3532linking faster.
3533
3534@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3535hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3536entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3537the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3538segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3539
3540@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3541
56caf160 3542@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3543@item
3544@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3545addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3546the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3547linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3548name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3549the address.
3550
3551@item
3552@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3553@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3554and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3555them.
da59e081
JM
3556@end itemize
3557
c906108c 3558@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3559@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3560If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3561counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3562
3563@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3564@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3565If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3566be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3567
3568This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3569@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3570
2df3850c 3571@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3572@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3573If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3574pushing them on the stack.
3575
a38c9fe6
MK
3576@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3577@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3578@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3579@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3580function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3581value.
3582
ee206350
AG
3583This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3584(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3585
c906108c 3586@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3587@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3588A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3589
3590@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3591@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3592(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3593
3594@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3595@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3596If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3597definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3598
749b82f6
AC
3599@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3600@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3601@findex frame_pop
3602If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
3603method has been superseeded by generic code.
c906108c 3604
d4b6d575 3605@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3606@findex push_dummy_call
3607@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3608@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3609the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3610@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3611@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3612
86fe4aaa 3613@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3614function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3615
b24da7d0 3616Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3617
3618This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3619
7043d8dc
AC
3620@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3621@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3622@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3623instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3624called function should return.
3625
3626Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3627should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3628the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3629
3630By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3631(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3632reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3633
434b87dd 3634This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3635@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3636
56caf160
EZ
3637@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3638@findex REGISTER_NAME
3639Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3640or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3641
8e823e25
MK
3642@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3643@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3644@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3645given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3646
3647This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3648(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3649
b24da7d0
AC
3650@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
3651@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
3652@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
3653notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
3654passed to the the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
3655after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
3656allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 3657
c906108c 3658@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3659@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 3660Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
3661defined, no conversion will be done.
3662
963e2bb7 3663@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
3664@findex gdbarch_return_value
3665@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
3666type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
3667would use.
3668
3669@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
3670@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
3671in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
3672value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
3673passed in as the function's first parameter.
3674
963e2bb7
AC
3675If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
3676non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
3677@var{regcache}.
3678
963e2bb7 3679If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 3680non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 3681@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
3682just returned function).
3683
74055713 3684@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
3685return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
3686
3687@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
3688store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
3689the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
3690@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
3691instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
3692return-value extract and store.}
3693
3694@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
3695parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
3696that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
3697then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
3698@var{function} should be persued.}
3699
3700@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
3701to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
3702@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
3703limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
3704
c2c6d25f 3705@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3706@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 3707Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
3708steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
3709re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
3710hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 3711doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
3712state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
3713macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
3714of a branch or jump.
3715
56caf160
EZ
3716@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
3717@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
3718A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
3719function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 3720
56caf160
EZ
3721@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
3722@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
3723If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
3724the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
3725that is at the start of the real function.
3726
3727@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 3728@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 3729If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
3730the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
3731there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
3732
3733@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3734@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 3735Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 3736declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
3737done.
3738
f27dd7fd
AC
3739@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
3740@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
3741@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
3742Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
3743requirements for the processor's stack.
3744
3745Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
3746upwards.
3747
3748By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 3749
56caf160
EZ
3750@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
3751@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
3752Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
3753delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 3754slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
3755normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
3756
ebba8386 3757@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 3758@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
3759A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
3760@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
3761value that is to be returned.
c906108c 3762
92ad9cd9
AC
3763This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3764(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3765
c906108c 3766@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3767@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
3768The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
3769current sources.)
3770
c906108c 3771@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 3772@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3773Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
3774
c3d3ce5b
JB
3775@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3776@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
3777Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
3778it should be unsigned.
3779
3780The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
3781equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
3782character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
3783Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
3784on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
3785
c906108c 3786@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3787@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3788Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
3789
ac9a91a7
JM
3790At present this macro is not used.
3791
c906108c 3792@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3793@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3794Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3795
3796@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 3797@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
3798Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3799
ac9a91a7
JM
3800At present this macro is not used.
3801
c906108c 3802@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 3803@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3804Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3805
3806@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 3807@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3808Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3809
3810@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3811@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3812Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3813
3814@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 3815@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
3816Number of bits in a long double float;
3817defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
3818
3819@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 3820@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
3821Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
3822
3823@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 3824@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
3825Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
3826
3827@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 3828@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
3829Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
3830
3831@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
3832@findex TARGET_READ_PC
3833@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
3834@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 3835@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
3836@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
3837@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
3838@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
3839@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
3840@findex read_pc
3841@findex write_pc
3842@findex read_sp
56caf160 3843@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 3844@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 3845@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
3846left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
3847functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
3848
3849These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
3850hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
3851in an ordinary register.
3852
a9e5fdc2
AC
3853@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
3854
56caf160
EZ
3855@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
3856@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
3857Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
3858pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
3859are not used, a default definition simply returns
3860@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 3861
9742079a
EZ
3862@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
3863If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
3864watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
3865other related macros.
3866
7ccaa899
EZ
3867@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
3868@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
3869This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
3870instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
3871debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
3872a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
3873accessor function for the global pointer
3874@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
3875the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
3876@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
3877@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
3878decoding routine.
7ccaa899 3879
6314f104
AC
3880@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
3881@findex unwind_dummy_id
3882@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
3883frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
3884frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
3885previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
3886@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 3887
b5622e8d
AC
3888@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3889@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
3890If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
3891given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
3892allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
3893being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
3894for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
3895other compilers.
3896
92ad9cd9
AC
3897This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3898(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3899
13d01224
AC
3900@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3901@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
3902Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
3903@var{regnum}'s.
3904@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3905
56caf160
EZ
3906@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3907@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
3908For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
3909declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
3910nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 3911@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
3912presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
3913@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
3914
56caf160
EZ
3915@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
3916@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 3917Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
3918@end table
3919
3920Motorola M68K target conditionals.
3921
56caf160 3922@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
3923@item BPT_VECTOR
3924Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
3925not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
3926
3927@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
3928Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
3929
3930@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
3931@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
3932A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
3933allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
3934
56caf160 3935@end ftable
c906108c
SS
3936
3937@section Adding a New Target
3938
56caf160 3939@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 3940The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
3941
3942@table @file
56caf160 3943@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
3944@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
3945Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
3946object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
3947@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
3948the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
3949tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
3950
3951You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
3952but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 3953future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 3954
c906108c
SS
3955@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
3956Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
3957some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
3958@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
3959as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
3960function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
3961and debug.
3962
af6c57ea
AC
3963@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
3964@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
3965This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
3966processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
3967@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
3968the same processor.
3969
3970@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
3971(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
3972macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
3973format and instructions.
3974
3975New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
3976
c906108c
SS
3977@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
3978This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 3979processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
3980@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
3981same processor.
3982
af6c57ea
AC
3983New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
3984
c906108c
SS
3985@end table
3986
3987If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
3988@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
3989facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 3990instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
3991that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
3992@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
3993
3994
3352e23e
AC
3995@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
3996@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
3997
3998This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
3999an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4000
4001The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4002sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4003instance:
4004
4005@itemize @bullet
4006
4007@item
4008Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4009not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4010
4011@item
4012Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4013@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4014
4015@item
4016Enable multi-arch level one.
4017
4018@item
4019Delete one or more files.
4020
4021@end itemize
4022
4023@noindent
4024There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4025encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4026
4027Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4028and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4029obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4030@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4031process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4032expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4033needed.
4034
4035@subsection Preparation
4036
4037The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4038enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4039the debugger can be compared.
4040
4041At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4042with @option{-Werror}.
4043
4044@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4045
4046The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4047framework. It involves
4048
4049@itemize @bullet
4050
4051@item
4052The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4053above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4054has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4055the architecture:
4056@smallexample
4057static struct gdbarch *
4058d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4059 struct gdbarch_info info;
4060 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4061@{
4062 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4063 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4064 if (arches != NULL)
4065 return arches->gdbarch;
4066 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4067 return gdbarch;
4068@}
4069@end smallexample
4070@noindent
4071@emph{}
4072
4073@item
4074A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4075information:
4076@smallexample
4077static void
4078mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4079 struct ui_file *file)
4080@{
4081 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4082@}
4083@end smallexample
4084
4085@item
4086A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4087architecture:
4088@smallexample
4089void
4090_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4091@{
4092 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4093 mips_dump_tdep);
4094@end smallexample
4095
4096@item
4097Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4098@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4099
4100@end itemize
4101
4102@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4103
4104Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4105
4106@table @code
3352e23e 4107@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4108Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4109@end table
4110
4111@noindent
4112At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4113functions.
4114
4115@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4116
4117Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4118and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4119committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4120an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4121provided.
4122
4123Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4124
4125Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4126functions (patch(es)).
4127
4128Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4129architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4130!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4131
4132@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4133
4134Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4135single patch).
4136
4137Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4138already.
4139
4140@subsection Convert remaining macros
4141
4142Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4143architecture method) in small batches.
4144
4145@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4146
4147This should go smoothly.
4148
4149@subsection Delete the TM file
4150
4151The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4152@file{configure.in} updated.
4153
4154
c906108c
SS
4155@node Target Vector Definition
4156
4157@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4158@cindex target vector
c906108c 4159
56caf160
EZ
4160The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4161abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4162actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4163@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4164each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c
SS
4165
4166@section File Targets
4167
4168Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4169
4170@section Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
4171
56caf160
EZ
4172@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4173that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4174@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4175systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4176
56caf160
EZ
4177The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4178your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4179SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4180program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4181
4182The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4183@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4184
4185@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4186@item
4187%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4188
56caf160
EZ
4189@item
4190traps are disabled;
c906108c 4191
56caf160
EZ
4192@item
4193you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4194@end enumerate
4195
4196As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4197is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4198The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4199hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4200which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4201set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4202first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4203
4204For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4205``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4206and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4207controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4208trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4209do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4210of the debugger/stub.
4211
4212From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4213They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4214
4215@section ROM Monitor Interface
4216
4217@section Custom Protocols
4218
4219@section Transport Layer
4220
4221@section Builtin Simulator
4222
4223
4224@node Native Debugging
4225
4226@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4227@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4228
25822942 4229Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4230
4231@table @file
56caf160 4232@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4233@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4234Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4235machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4236native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4237Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4238@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4239define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4240@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4241
7fd60527
AC
4242@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4243originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4244on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4245purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4246eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4247suffix.}
4248
c906108c 4249@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4250(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4251macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4252child process control and core file support.
4253
4254@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4255Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4256this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4257@end table
4258
4259There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4260various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4261defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4262the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4263@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4264
4265Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4266to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4267Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4268into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4269
4270@table @file
c906108c
SS
4271@item inftarg.c
4272This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4273processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4274
4275@item procfs.c
4276This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4277processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4278
4279@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4280This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4281and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4282
4283@item infptrace.c
4284This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4285the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4286@end table
4287
4288@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4289@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4290
4291@table @file
56caf160 4292@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4293@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4294Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4295@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4296files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4297just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4298@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4299
4300@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4301If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4302@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4303set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4304register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4305``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4306@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4307use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4308you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4309to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4310@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4311the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4312@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4313@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4314implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4315@end table
4316
25822942 4317When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4318possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4319code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4320@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4321machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4322(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4323@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
56caf160
EZ
4324exists on a core file (e.g. the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
4325modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4326section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4327segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4328information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
4329sets of registers (e.g. integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
4330section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4331standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4332around in.
4333
25822942 4334Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4335@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4336@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4337It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4338its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4339segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4340register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4341
4342If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4343format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4344reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4345
4346@section ptrace
4347
4348@section /proc
4349
4350@section win32
4351
4352@section shared libraries
4353
4354@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4355@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4356
56caf160
EZ
4357When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4358defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4359target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4360undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4361
1f6d4158
AC
4362@table @code
4363
c906108c 4364@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4365@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4366If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4367define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4368a read from the child.
4369
4370[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4371currently.]
4372
4373@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4374@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4375Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4376@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4377@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4378@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4379routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4380
c906108c 4381@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4382@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4383This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4384point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4385appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4386to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4387
4388@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4389@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4390For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4391DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4392@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4393
56caf160 4394This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4395assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4396@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4397pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4398
9742079a
EZ
4399@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4400An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4401support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4402
c906108c 4403@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4404@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4405Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4406struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4407needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4408addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4409On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4410
c906108c 4411@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4412@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4413Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4414runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4415root directory.
4416
4417@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4418@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4419Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4420user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4421
4422@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4423@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4424Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4425defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4426definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4427
c906108c 4428@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4429@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4430The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4431exists and is different from @code{int}.
4432
4433@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4434@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4435Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4436
4437@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4438@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4439If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4440inferior.
4441
4442@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4443@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4444If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4445Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4446
990f9fe3 4447@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4448@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4449Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4450@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4451@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4452processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4453
4454@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4455@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4456Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4457want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4458
4459@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4460@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4461When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4462twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4463the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4464number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4465expand into the number expected.
4466
c906108c 4467@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4468@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4469This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4470translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4471representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4472
4473@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4474@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4475This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4476defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
4477@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
4478configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
4479the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
4480undefined.
4481
4482The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
4483the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 4484that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
4485
4486@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
4487@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
4488See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
4489
4490@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
4491@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
4492Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
4493@end table
4494
4495
4496@node Support Libraries
4497
4498@chapter Support Libraries
4499
4500@section BFD
56caf160 4501@cindex BFD library
c906108c 4502
25822942 4503BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
4504
4505@table @emph
c906108c
SS
4506@item identifying executable and core files
4507BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
4508several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
4509
4510@item access to sections of files
4511BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
4512sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
4513(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
4514calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
4515length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
4516
4517@item specialized core file support
4518BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
4519core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 4520file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
4521file.
4522
4523@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
4524@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
4525symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 4526handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 4527symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 4528string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
4529@end table
4530
4531@section opcodes
56caf160 4532@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 4533
25822942 4534The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
4535library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
4536
4537@section readline
4538
4539@section mmalloc
4540
4541@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
4542@cindex @code{libiberty} library
4543
4544The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
4545that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
4546systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
4547groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
4548environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
4549a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
4550functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
4551beyond standard functions).
4552
4553@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
4554library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
4555floating format support functions, the input options parser
4556@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
4557
4558@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
4559@cindex @code{obstacks}
4560
4561The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
4562chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
4563like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
4564allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
4565@code{libiberty}'s documenatation for a more detailed explanation of
4566@code{obstacks}).
4567
4568The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
4569object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
4570representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
4571these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
4572symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
4573fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
4574offets lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
4575string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
4576information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
4577unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
4578various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
4579names of types.
4580
4581An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
4582that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
4583various times during a debugging sesssion, but it is released all at
4584once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
4585function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
4586deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
4587start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
4588@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
4589obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
4590happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
4591is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
4592obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
4593@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
4594else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
4595use temporary @code{obstacks}.
4596
4597Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
4598under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
4599longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
4600when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
4601new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
4602
4603@section gnu-regex
56caf160 4604@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
4605
4606Regex conditionals.
4607
4608@table @code
c906108c
SS
4609@item C_ALLOCA
4610
4611@item NFAILURES
4612
4613@item RE_NREGS
4614
4615@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
4616
4617@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
4618
4619@item SYNTAX_TABLE
4620
4621@item Sword
4622
4623@item sparc
c906108c
SS
4624@end table
4625
4626@section include
4627
4628@node Coding
4629
4630@chapter Coding
4631
4632This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 4633algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
4634
4635@section Cleanups
56caf160 4636@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
4637
4638Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 4639later.
c906108c 4640
cc1cb004
AC
4641When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
4642@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
4643the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
4644cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
4645and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
4646is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
4647cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
4648created.
c906108c
SS
4649
4650Syntax:
4651
4652@table @code
c906108c
SS
4653@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
4654Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
4655
56caf160 4656@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
4657@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
4658Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
4659@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
4660handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
4661@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
4662@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
4663from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 4664
56caf160 4665@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 4666@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
4667Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
4668@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
4669
4670@findex discard_cleanups
4671@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
4672Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
4673the chain and does not call the specified functions.
4674@end table
4675
4676Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
4677@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
4678later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
4679performed). E.g.:
56caf160 4680
474c8240 4681@smallexample
c906108c 4682make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
4683@{
4684 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
4685 make_cleanup (c, 0)
4686 ...
4687 do_cleanups (old);
4688@}
474c8240 4689@end smallexample
56caf160 4690
c906108c 4691@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
4692will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
4693cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
4694be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
4695
4696Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
4697Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
4698will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
4699to two common cleanup styles.
4700
4701The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4702@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
4703code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
4704code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
4705called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
4706@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 4707
474c8240 4708@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4709struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4710data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
4711make_cleanup (xfree, data);
4712... blah blah ...
4713do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 4714@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4715
4716The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
4717@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
4718any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
4719code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
4720an error:
4721
474c8240 4722@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
4723FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
4724struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
4725... blah blah ...
4726discard_cleanups (old);
4727return file;
474c8240 4728@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
4729
4730Some functions, e.g. @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
4731that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
4732means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
4733interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
4734functions, since they might never return to your code (they
4735@samp{longjmp} instead).
4736
ba8c9337
AC
4737@section Per-architecture module data
4738@cindex per-architecture module data
4739@cindex multi-arch data
4740@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
4741
fc989b7a
AC
4742The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
4743specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
4744architecture object.
4745
4746A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
4747
4748@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
4749@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
4750per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
4751in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
4752architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
4753and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
4754@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4755
fc989b7a
AC
4756@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
4757@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
4758per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
4759always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
4760initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
4761per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
4762other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
4763create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
4764@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 4765
fc989b7a
AC
4766These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
4767identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 4768
fc989b7a 4769The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 4770
fc989b7a
AC
4771@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
4772Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
4773@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
4774or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
4775current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
4776pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
4777corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
4778@end deftypefun
4779
fc989b7a 4780The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
4781
4782@smallexample
e7f16015 4783struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 4784static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
4785@end smallexample
4786
fc989b7a
AC
4787A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
4788per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
4789per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
4790creation.
ba8c9337 4791
fc989b7a
AC
4792In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
4793architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
4794from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
4795
4796@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4797static void *
4798nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 4799@{
fc989b7a
AC
4800 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
4801 return data;
4802@}
ba8c9337
AC
4803@end smallexample
4804
ba8c9337 4805@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4806extern void
4807set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 4808@{
ba8c9337 4809 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 4810 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
4811@}
4812@end smallexample
4813
fc989b7a
AC
4814A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
4815using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 4816
fc989b7a
AC
4817In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
4818@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
4819architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
4820
4821@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4822static void *
4823nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4824@{
fc989b7a
AC
4825 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
4826 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
4827 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
4828@}
4829@end smallexample
4830
4831@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
4832extern int
4833nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 4834@{
fc989b7a
AC
4835 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
4836 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
4837@}
4838@end smallexample
4839
c906108c 4840@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 4841@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 4842
56caf160 4843@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
4844Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
4845or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
4846added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
4847routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
4848exceeded.
4849
4850The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
4851printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
4852away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
4853@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
4854@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
4855return!
4856
56caf160 4857It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
4858space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
4859indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
4860the line wraps there.
4861
4862Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
4863finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 4864to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
4865print warnings are a good example.
4866
25822942 4867@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 4868@cindex coding standards
c906108c 4869
25822942 4870@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 4871@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
4872FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
4873of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
4874but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 4875
56caf160
EZ
4876@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
4877@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 4878
af6c57ea 4879
b9aa90c9 4880@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 4881
b9aa90c9
AC
4882@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
4883compiler.
af6c57ea 4884
b9aa90c9 4885@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
4886
4887
4888@subsection Memory Management
4889
4890@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
4891@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
4892
4893@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
4894@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
4895these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
4896they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
4897@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
4898
4899@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
4900memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
4901behavior.}
4902
4903@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
4904
4905@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
4906memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
4907free a @code{NULL} pointer.
4908
4909@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
4910@code{NULL} pointer.}
4911
4912@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
4913allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
4914
4915@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
4916restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
4917
4918@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 4919function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
4920
4921@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
4922functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
4923errors.}
4924
4925
4926@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 4927@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea
AC
4928
4929With few exceptions, developers should include the configuration option
4930@samp{--enable-gdb-build-warnings=,-Werror} when building @value{GDBN}.
4931The exceptions are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
4932
4933This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
4934with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
4935from those flags being treated as errors.
4936
4937The current list of warning flags includes:
4938
4939@table @samp
4940@item -Wimplicit
4941Since @value{GDBN} coding standard requires all functions to be declared
4942using a prototype, the flag has the side effect of ensuring that
4943prototyped functions are always visible with out resorting to
4944@samp{-Wstrict-prototypes}.
4945
4946@item -Wreturn-type
4947Such code often appears to work except on instruction set architectures
4948that use register windows.
4949
4950@item -Wcomment
4951
4952@item -Wtrigraphs
4953
4954@item -Wformat
153721e6 4955@itemx -Wformat-nonliteral
af6c57ea 4956Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
153721e6 4957@code{printf} like functions these check not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
4958but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
4959
4960@item -Wparentheses
4961This warning includes uses of the assignment operator within an
4962@code{if} statement.
4963
4964@item -Wpointer-arith
4965
4966@item -Wuninitialized
0f0cffd2
AC
4967
4968@item -Wunused-label
4969This warning has the additional benefit of detecting the absence of the
4970@code{case} reserved word in a switch statement:
4971@smallexample
4972enum @{ FD_SCHEDULED, NOTHING_SCHEDULED @} sched;
4973@dots{}
4974switch (sched)
4975 @{
4976 case FD_SCHEDULED:
4977 @dots{};
4978 break;
4979 NOTHING_SCHEDULED:
4980 @dots{};
4981 break;
4982 @}
4983@end smallexample
c9830293
AC
4984
4985@item -Wunused-function
af6c57ea
AC
4986@end table
4987
4988@emph{Pragmatics: Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented most
4989functions have unused parameters. Consequently the warning
4990@samp{-Wunused-parameter} is precluded from the list. The macro
4991@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
4992it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
4993is being used. The options @samp{-Wall} and @samp{-Wunused} are also
4994precluded because they both include @samp{-Wunused-parameter}.}
4995
4996@emph{Pragmatics: @value{GDBN} has not simply accepted the warnings
4997enabled by @samp{-Wall -Werror -W...}. Instead it is selecting warnings
4998when and where their benefits can be demonstrated.}
c906108c
SS
4999
5000@subsection Formatting
5001
56caf160 5002@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5003The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5004strictly.
5005
af6c57ea
AC
5006A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5007function definition should have its name in column zero.
5008
474c8240 5009@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5010/* Declaration */
5011static void foo (void);
5012/* Definition */
5013void
5014foo (void)
5015@{
5016@}
474c8240 5017@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5018
5019@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5020be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5021
af6c57ea
AC
5022There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5023parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5024required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5025or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5026
5027While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5028more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5029after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5030whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5031for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5032
5033Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5034
474c8240 5035@smallexample
af6c57ea 5036void *foo;
474c8240 5037@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5038
5039@noindent
5040and not:
5041
474c8240 5042@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5043void * foo;
5044void* foo;
474c8240 5045@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5046
5047@subsection Comments
5048
56caf160 5049@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5050The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5051
af6c57ea
AC
5052Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5053@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5054
474c8240 5055@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5056/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5057 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5058 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5059 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5060 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5061@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5062
5063(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5064comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5065
5066Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5067variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5068
5069In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5070than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5071line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5072than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5073
5074@subsection C Usage
5075
56caf160 5076@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5077Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5078host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5079of evaluation of expressions.
5080
56caf160 5081@cindex function usage
c906108c 5082Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5083in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5084call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5085limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5086
5087However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5088are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5089
af6c57ea 5090@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5091(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5092protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5093
5094@cindex types
c906108c 5095
af6c57ea
AC
5096Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5097declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5098
5099
5100@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5101@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5102
5103Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5104a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5105argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5106function definition.
c906108c 5107
53a5351d
JM
5108All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5109callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5110be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5111visible to random source files.
c906108c 5112
af6c57ea
AC
5113Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5114that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5115
5116
5117@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5118
5119During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5120User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5121entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5122object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5123Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5124run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5125
5126When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5127@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5128
5129@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5130
5131@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5132the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5133@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5134error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5135
5136@subsection File Names
5137
5138Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5139case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5140unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5141
5142@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5143platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5144is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5145@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5146convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5147@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5148@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5149
5150Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5151of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5152
5153@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5154
5155When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5156@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5157@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5158independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5159the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5160should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5161programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5162
5163For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5164
5165
5166@subsection Include Files
5167
e2b28d04 5168A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5169
e2b28d04
AC
5170A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5171declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5172indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5173
e2b28d04
AC
5174A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5175declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5176indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5177be directly included.
af6c57ea 5178
e2b28d04 5179An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5180
e2b28d04
AC
5181An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5182Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5183pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5184
5185A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5186
5187An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5188files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5189@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5190
5191All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5192
474c8240 5193@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5194#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5195#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5196header body
5197#endif
474c8240 5198@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5199
c906108c 5200
dab11f21 5201@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5202
56caf160 5203@cindex design
c906108c 5204In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5205semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5206experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5207trouble.
5208
56caf160 5209@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5210You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5211(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5212must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5213@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5214such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5215
5216You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5217the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5218current @code{target_ops} vector.
5219
5220You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5221(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5222assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5223host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5224written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5225copyright problems.
5226
56caf160 5227@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5228Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5229to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5230systems.
5231
56caf160 5232@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5233New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5234or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5235for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5236features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5237has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5238often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5239predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5240time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5241with regard to this feature.
5242
5243Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5244target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5245
dab11f21
EZ
5246@cindex portable file name handling
5247@cindex file names, portability
5248One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5249creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5250assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5251a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5252directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5253necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5254system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5255name, use the following portable macros:
5256
5257@table @code
5258@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5259@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5260This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5261whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5262symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5263such hosts.
5264
5265@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5266@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5267Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5268character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5269such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5270pass.
5271
5272@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5273@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5274Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5275For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5276@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5277@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5278
5279@findex FILENAME_CMP
5280@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5281Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5282appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5283this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5284will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5285
5286@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5287@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5288Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5289@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5290This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5291
5292@findex SLASH_STRING
5293@item SLASH_STRING
5294This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5295absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5296@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5297@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5298@end table
5299
5300In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5301functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5302basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5303@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5304platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5305with @code{strrchr}.
5306
25822942
DB
5307Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5308attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5309multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5310by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5311well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5312something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5313using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5314@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5315current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5316is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5317implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5318attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5319formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5320
56caf160
EZ
5321Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
5322the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
5323@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
5324something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
5325consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
5326with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
5327file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
5328radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 5329
af6c57ea
AC
5330All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
5331@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
5332messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
5333@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
5334
c906108c 5335
8487521e 5336@node Porting GDB
c906108c 5337
25822942 5338@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 5339@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 5340
56caf160
EZ
5341Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
5342specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
5343dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
5344hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
5345@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
5346name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
5347@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 5348
56caf160
EZ
5349@itemize @bullet
5350@item
c906108c
SS
5351In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
5352@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
5353vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
5354@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
5355@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
5356running
5357
474c8240 5358@smallexample
c906108c 5359./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 5360@end smallexample
56caf160 5361
c906108c
SS
5362@noindent
5363and
56caf160 5364
474c8240 5365@smallexample
c906108c 5366./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 5367@end smallexample
56caf160 5368
c906108c
SS
5369@noindent
5370which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
5371and no error messages.
5372
56caf160 5373@noindent
c906108c
SS
5374You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
5375beyond the scope of this manual.
5376
56caf160 5377@item
25822942 5378To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
5379your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
5380desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
5381setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
5382@var{xyz}).
5383
7fd60527
AC
5384@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
5385@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
5386new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
5387Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
5388to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
5389changed again in the future.}
5390
56caf160 5391@item
25822942 5392Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
5393target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
5394configuration.
56caf160 5395@end itemize
c906108c 5396
d52fe014
AC
5397@node Versions and Branches
5398@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 5399
d52fe014 5400@section Versions
8973da3a 5401
d52fe014
AC
5402@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
5403@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 5404
d52fe014
AC
5405@table @asis
5406@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
5407@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5408an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
5409@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5410a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
54116.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
5412@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
5413a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
54146.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
5415@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 5416a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
5417@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
5418may include additional changes
d52fe014 5419@end table
fb0ff88f 5420
d52fe014
AC
5421@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
5422numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
5423of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
5424@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 5425
53531fc1
AC
5426@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
5427@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
5428drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
5429first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
5430@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
5431@var{patchlevel}.
5432
5433For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
5434identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
5435
5436@table @asis
5437@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5438drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
5439@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5440@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5441drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
54426.1.90.20020304)
5443@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
5444@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
5445drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
5446@end table
fb0ff88f 5447
d52fe014
AC
5448If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
54496.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
5450here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 5451
d52fe014
AC
5452@smallexample
5453 <HEAD>
5454 |
53531fc1 54556.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 5456 |
53531fc1 5457 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5458 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 5459 | |
53531fc1
AC
54606.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
5461 | |
54626.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
5463 | |
54646.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 5465 | |
53531fc1
AC
54666.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
5467 | |
54686.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
5469 | |
54706.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
5471 | |
54726.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
5473 | |
54746.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 5475 |
53531fc1 54766.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 5477 |
53531fc1 5478 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 5479 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
5480 | |
54816.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
5482 | |
d52fe014 5483@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5484
d52fe014
AC
5485@section Release Branches
5486@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 5487
d52fe014
AC
5488@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
5489single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
5490branch tags:
fb0ff88f 5491
d52fe014
AC
5492@smallexample
5493gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
5494gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
5495gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
5496@end smallexample
5497
5498@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
5499release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
5500date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
5501branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
5502
5503@section Vendor Branches
5504@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
5505
5506To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
5507@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
5508(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d52fe014
AC
5509its version identifer). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
5510Inc Patch 2)}.
5511
5512@section Experimental Branches
5513@cindex experimental branches
5514
5515@subsection Guidelines
5516
5517@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
5518repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
5519for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
5520significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 5521
d52fe014 5522The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 5523
d52fe014
AC
5524@table @emph
5525
5526@item a branch has an owner
5527The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
5528ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
5529adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
5530
5531@item all commits are posted
5532All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
5533@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
5534mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
5535should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
5536
5537@item all commits are covered by an assignment
5538This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
5539and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
5540
5541@item a branch is focused
5542A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
5543unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
5544be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
5545
5546@item a branch tracks mainline
5547This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
5548pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
5549mainline.
5550
5551@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
5552The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
5553branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
5554
5555@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
5556The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
5557the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 5558@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
5559
5560@end table
fb0ff88f 5561
d52fe014
AC
5562@subsection Tags
5563@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 5564
d52fe014
AC
5565To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
5566branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 5567
d52fe014 5568@table @code
fb0ff88f 5569
d52fe014
AC
5570@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5571@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
5572The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
5573date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
5574sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 5575@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5576cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
5577cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
5578 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 5579@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 5580
d52fe014
AC
5581@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
5582The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
5583on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
5584use a command sequence like:
474c8240 5585@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5586cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
5587cvs update \
5588 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
5589 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 5590@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
5591@noindent
5592Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
5593merge.
5594
5595@end table
fb0ff88f 5596
d52fe014
AC
5597@noindent
5598For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
5599@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
5600
5601@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 5602
d52fe014
AC
5603@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
5604@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 5605
9bb0a4d8
AC
5606@section Branch Commit Policy
5607
5608The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
56095.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
5610
5611@itemize @bullet
5612@item
5613The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
5614@item
5615Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
5616trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 5617file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
5618@item
5619When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
5620Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
5621when debugging a static binary?
5622@item
5623The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
5624the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
5625@item
5626Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
5627sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
5628@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
5629@end itemize
5630
5631@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
5632functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
5633This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
5634reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
5635
5636
cbb09e6a 5637@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 5638
8642bc8f 5639Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
5640code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
5641(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 5642
8642bc8f 5643Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
5644line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
5645been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 5646
cbb09e6a
AC
5647The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
5648wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
5649Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 5650
cbb09e6a 5651@enumerate
8973da3a 5652@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5653Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
5654list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
5655recommended.
8973da3a 5656@item
cbb09e6a 5657Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5658@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5659Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
5660Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 5661@item
cbb09e6a 5662Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 5663@item
cbb09e6a
AC
5664Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
5665prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
5666@item
5667Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
5668released.
5669@item
5670Remove the obsolete code.
5671@end enumerate
5672
5673@noindent
5674@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
5675hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
5676helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
5677or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
5678the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
5679hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 5680
8973da3a 5681
9ae8b82c
AC
5682
5683@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 5684
8642bc8f
AC
5685The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
5686changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
5687instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
5688building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
5689@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 5690
9ae8b82c 5691@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 5692
9ae8b82c
AC
5693People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
5694something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
5695script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 5696
9ae8b82c 5697@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 5698
9ae8b82c
AC
5699Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
5700@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
5701@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
5702
5703@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 5704
8642bc8f 5705A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 5706
8642bc8f
AC
5707@itemize @bullet
5708@item
5709@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
5710@item
9ae8b82c
AC
5711@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
5712file)
5713@item
5714@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
5715@end itemize
5716
9ae8b82c 5717@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 5718
9ae8b82c
AC
5719@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
5720(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
5721conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
5722of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
5723regressions.
8642bc8f 5724
9ae8b82c 5725@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 5726
9ae8b82c 5727Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 5728
9ae8b82c 5729@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 5730
9ae8b82c 5731The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 5732
8642bc8f 5733
30107679 5734@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 5735
30107679 5736@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 5737
474c8240 5738@smallexample
30107679
AC
5739$ u=5.1
5740$ v=5.2
5741$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5742$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
5743$ echo $u $V $D
57445.1 5_2 2002-03-03
5745$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5746-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5747cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
5748-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight+dejagnu
5749$ ^echo ^^
5750...
5751$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5752-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight+dejagnu
5753cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
5754-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight+dejagnu
5755$ ^echo ^^
5756...
8642bc8f 5757$
474c8240 5758@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5759
5760@itemize @bullet
5761@item
30107679
AC
5762by using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt} the branch is forced to an exact
5763date/time.
5764@item
5765the trunk is first taged so that the branch point can easily be found
5766@item
5767Insight (which includes GDB) and dejagnu are all tagged at the same time
8642bc8f 5768@item
30107679 5769@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts
8642bc8f 5770@item
30107679
AC
5771the reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}
5772@end itemize
5773
5774@subheading Update @file{version.in}
5775
5776@smallexample
5777$ u=5.1
5778$ v=5.2
5779$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
5780$ echo $u $v$V
57815.1 5_2
5782$ cd /tmp
5783$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
5784-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
5785cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
5786 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
5787$ ^echo ^^
5788U src/gdb/version.in
5789$ cd src/gdb
5790$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
5791$ cat version.in
57925.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
5793$ cvs -f commit version.in
5794@end smallexample
5795
5796@itemize @bullet
5797@item
5798@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
5799mechanism
5800@item
5801@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
5802initial branch version number
8642bc8f
AC
5803@end itemize
5804
8642bc8f
AC
5805
5806@subheading Update the web and news pages
5807
30107679
AC
5808Something?
5809
8642bc8f
AC
5810@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
5811
30107679
AC
5812The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
5813This file needs to be updated so that:
5814
5815@itemize @bullet
5816@item
5817a daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}
5818@item
5819the new branch is included in the snapshot process
5820@end itemize
5821
5822@noindent
5823See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
5824cron table.
5825
5826The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
5827any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
5828snapshot directories.
5829
5830
5831@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
5832
5833The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
5834to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
5835refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
5836
5837The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
5838current release.
5839
5840@subheading Post the branch info
5841
5842Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
5843
5844@itemize @bullet
5845@item
5846@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
5847@item
5848@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list} and
5849@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discsussion mailing list}
16737d73 5850@end itemize
30107679
AC
5851
5852@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
5853ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
5854list are alerted.}
5855
5856The announcement should include:
5857
5858@itemize @bullet
5859@item
5860the branch tag
5861@item
5862how to check out the branch using CVS
5863@item
5864the date/number of weeks until the release
5865@item
5866the branch commit policy
5867still holds.
16737d73 5868@end itemize
30107679 5869
8642bc8f
AC
5870@section Stabilize the branch
5871
5872Something goes here.
5873
5874@section Create a Release
5875
0816590b
AC
5876The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
5877down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
5878process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
5879process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 5880
0816590b
AC
5881When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
5882
5883@subsection Create a release candidate
5884
5885The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
5886made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
5887candidate).
5888
5889@subsubheading Freeze the branch
5890
5891Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
5892@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
5893
5894@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 5895
474c8240 5896@smallexample
0816590b
AC
5897$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
5898$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5899$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
5900$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 5901/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
5902$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
5903$ cd $t/$b/$v
5904$ pwd
0816590b 5905/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
5906$ which autoconf
5907/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 5908$
474c8240 5909@end smallexample
8973da3a 5910
0816590b
AC
5911@noindent
5912Notes:
8973da3a 5913
0816590b
AC
5914@itemize @bullet
5915@item
5916Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
5917version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
5918found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
5919unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
5920@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
5921@end itemize
5922
5923@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 5924
474c8240 5925@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5926$ for m in gdb insight dejagnu
5927do
8973da3a
AC
5928( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
5929done
8642bc8f 5930$
474c8240 5931@end smallexample
8973da3a 5932
0816590b
AC
5933@noindent
5934Note:
8642bc8f 5935
0816590b
AC
5936@itemize @bullet
5937@item
5938The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
5939any confusion between what is written here and what your local
5940@code{cvs} really does.
5941@end itemize
5942
5943@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 5944
0816590b
AC
5945@table @file
5946
5947@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
5948
5949Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
5950releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
5951
0816590b 5952Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 5953
474c8240 5954@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5955$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
5956...
5957c-x 4 a
5958...
5959c-x c-s c-x c-c
5960$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
5961$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5962@end smallexample
8973da3a 5963
0816590b
AC
5964@item gdb/README
5965
5966You'll need to update:
8973da3a 5967
0816590b
AC
5968@itemize @bullet
5969@item
5970the version
5971@item
5972the update date
5973@item
5974who did it
5975@end itemize
8973da3a 5976
474c8240 5977@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
5978$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
5979...
8973da3a 5980c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 5981...
8973da3a 5982c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
5983$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
5984$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 5985@end smallexample
8973da3a 5986
0816590b
AC
5987@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
5988before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
5989to get it updated.}
8973da3a 5990
8642bc8f
AC
5991@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
5992@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
5993pursuing.}
8973da3a 5994
0816590b 5995@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 5996
474c8240 5997@smallexample
8642bc8f 5998$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
5999$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
60005.2
8642bc8f 6001$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6002...
6003c-x 4 a
0816590b 6004... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6005c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6006$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6007$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6008@end smallexample
8973da3a 6009
0816590b 6010@item dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
8642bc8f
AC
6011
6012Dejagnu is more complicated. The version number is a parameter to
0816590b 6013@code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE}. Tweak it to read something like gdb-5.1.91.
8642bc8f 6014
0816590b 6015Don't forget to re-generate @file{configure}.
8642bc8f 6016
0816590b 6017Don't forget to include a @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8642bc8f 6018
0816590b
AC
6019@smallexample
6020$ emacs dejagnu/src/dejagnu/configure.in
6021...
6022c-x 4 a
6023...
6024c-x c-s c-x c-c
6025$ ( cd dejagnu/src/dejagnu && autoconf )
6026@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6027
0816590b
AC
6028@end table
6029
6030@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6031
6032This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6033
4ce8657e
MC
6034@smallexample
6035$ for m in gdb insight
6036do
6037( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6038done
6039$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar.bz2 )
6040@end smallexample
6041
6042If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6043(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6044
474c8240 6045@smallexample
0816590b 6046$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6047do
0816590b 6048( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6049done
0816590b 6050$ ( m=dejagnu; cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar.bz2 )
474c8240 6051@end smallexample
8973da3a 6052
0816590b 6053@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6054
0816590b 6055You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6056@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6057for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6058
474c8240 6059@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6060$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6061M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6062? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6063? proto-toplev
0816590b 6064@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6065M gdb/ChangeLog
6066M gdb/NEWS
6067M gdb/README
6068M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6069@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6070$
474c8240 6071@end smallexample
8973da3a 6072
0816590b 6073@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6074@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6075@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6076was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
6077didn't get supressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6078
0816590b 6079@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6080
474c8240 6081@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6082$ cp */src/*.tar .
6083$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6084$ ls -F
6085dejagnu/ dejagnu-gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
6086$ for m in gdb insight
6087do
6088bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6089gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6090done
6091$
474c8240 6092@end smallexample
8973da3a 6093
0816590b
AC
6094@noindent
6095Note:
6096
6097@itemize @bullet
6098@item
6099A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6100in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6101can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6102process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6103@end itemize
6104
6105@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6106
0816590b 6107Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6108
0816590b
AC
6109@smallexample
6110$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6111$ cd gdb-5.2
6112$ ./configure
6113$ make
6114@dots{}
6115$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6116GNU gdb 5.2
6117@dots{}
6118(gdb) b main
6119Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6120(gdb) run
6121Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6122
6123Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6124734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6125(gdb) print args
6126$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6127(gdb)
6128@end smallexample
8973da3a 6129
0816590b 6130@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6131
0816590b 6132If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6133
0816590b
AC
6134@enumerate
6135@item
6136Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6137@item
6138Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6139@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6140process can restart.
6141@item
6142Make the release candidate available in
6143@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6144@item
6145Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6146@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6147@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6148
0816590b 6149@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6150
0816590b 6151(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6152
0816590b 6153@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6154
0816590b 6155Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6156
474c8240 6157@smallexample
0816590b 6158$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6159$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6160@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6161
0816590b
AC
6162@noindent
6163Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6164are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6165
6166@smallexample
6167$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6168$ rm @dots{}
6169@end smallexample
6170
6171@noindent
6172Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6173directory:
6174
6175@smallexample
6176$ vi README
6177@dots{}
6178$ rm -f .message
6179$ ln README .message
6180@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6181
0816590b 6182@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6183
0816590b
AC
6184@table @file
6185
6186@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6187This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6188@itemize @bullet
6189@item
0816590b 6190General announcement
8642bc8f 6191@item
0816590b
AC
6192News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6193earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6194@item
0816590b
AC
6195Errata
6196@end itemize
6197
6198@item htdocs/index.html
6199@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6200@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6201These files include:
6202@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6203@item
0816590b 6204announcement of the most recent release
8642bc8f 6205@item
0816590b 6206news entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6207@end itemize
0816590b 6208These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6209
0816590b 6210@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6211You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6212docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6213from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6214Something like:
6215
474c8240 6216@smallexample
8642bc8f 6217$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6218 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6219 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6220 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6221 gdb
474c8240 6222@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6223
0816590b
AC
6224@item download/ari/
6225Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6226
0816590b
AC
6227@smallexample
6228$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6229 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6230 $PWD/www \
6231 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6232 gdb
6233@end smallexample
6234
6235@end table
6236
6237@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6238
6239Something goes here.
6240
6241
6242@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6243
6244At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6245@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6246
6247@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6248
6249Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6250
6251@itemize @bullet
6252@item
6253@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6254@item
0816590b
AC
6255@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6256day or so to let things get out)
6257@item
6258@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6259@end itemize
6260
0816590b 6261@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6262
0816590b 6263The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6264
0816590b 6265@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6266
0816590b 6267In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6268
6269@itemize @bullet
6270@item
6271@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6272@item
6273@file{gdb/version.in}
6274@item
6275@file{gdb/NEWS}
6276@item
6277@file{gdb/README}
6278@end itemize
6279
0816590b 6280@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6281
6282Something like:
6283
474c8240 6284@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6285$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6286$ echo $d
62872002-01-24
6288$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6289$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6290@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6291
0816590b
AC
6292Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
6293@value{GDBN} (@code{dejagnu} doesn't get tagged but I think we can live
6294with that).
6295
6296@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6297
0816590b
AC
6298Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6299indicates when the release was made.
6300
6301@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6302
6303If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6304@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6305committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6306@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
6307is important - it affects the snapshot process).
6308
6309Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
6310
0816590b 6311@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 6312
8642bc8f
AC
6313The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
6314trunk.
8973da3a 6315
0816590b
AC
6316@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
6317
6318Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
6319Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
6320generated by running:
6321
6322@smallexample
6323$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
6324@end smallexample
6325
6326@noindent
6327The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
6328of the most recent release.
6329
6330Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
6331
8642bc8f 6332@section Post release
8973da3a 6333
8642bc8f 6334Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 6335
085dd6e6
JM
6336@node Testsuite
6337
6338@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 6339@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 6340
56caf160
EZ
6341The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
6342While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
6343this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
6344the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
6345to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 6346
56caf160
EZ
6347The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework.
6348DejaGNU is built using @code{Tcl} and @code{expect}. The tests
6349themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework runs all the
6350procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
6351
6352@section Using the Testsuite
6353
56caf160 6354@cindex running the test suite
25822942 6355To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
6356testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
6357environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
6358the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
6359and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
6360finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 6361
474c8240 6362@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
6363 === gdb Summary ===
6364
6365# of expected passes 6016
6366# of unexpected failures 58
6367# of unexpected successes 5
6368# of expected failures 183
6369# of unresolved testcases 3
6370# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 6371@end smallexample
56caf160 6372
085dd6e6
JM
6373The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
6374conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
6375real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
6376failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
6377hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
6378everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
6379being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
6380lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
6381Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
6382reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
6383catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
6384program.
6385
6386When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
6387testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
6388regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
6389run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
6390compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
6391testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
6392options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
6393host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
6394mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
6395
6396If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
6397tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
6398and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
6399Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
6400failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
6401difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
6402in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
6403tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 6404
e7dc800a
MC
6405DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
6406some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
6407the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
6408will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
6409
6410@smallexample
6411UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
6412@end smallexample
6413
085dd6e6
JM
6414@section Testsuite Organization
6415
56caf160 6416@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
6417The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
6418testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
6419and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 6420handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 6421@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 6422all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
6423configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
6424definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
6425
6426The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
6427subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
6428with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
6429in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
6430get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
6431
6432The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
6433are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
6434located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
6435execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
6436intelligibility.
6437
56caf160 6438@table @file
085dd6e6 6439@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 6440This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 6441configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 6442The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 6443ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
6444for prototypes).
6445
6446@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 6447Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 6448@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
6449
6450@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
6451Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
6452(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
6453HP-UX.
6454
6455@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
6456Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
64571999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
6458couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
6459imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
6460extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
6461
6462@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 6463Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
6464instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
6465@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
6466@end table
6467
6468@section Writing Tests
56caf160 6469@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 6470
25822942 6471In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
6472should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
6473
6474You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
6475includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
6476However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
6477instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
6478calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
6479
6480Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 6481necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
6482
6483The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 6484style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 6485styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 6486instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
6487never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
6488uniformly.
6489
c906108c
SS
6490@node Hints
6491
6492@chapter Hints
6493
6494Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
6495appear anywhere else in the directory.
6496
6497@menu
25822942 6498* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 6499* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
6500@end menu
6501
6502@node Getting Started,,, Hints
6503
6504@section Getting Started
6505
25822942 6506@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
6507work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
6508know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
6509
25822942
DB
6510This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
6511generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6512
6513Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
6514comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
6515function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 6516explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
6517free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
6518out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
6519actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
6520
6521Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
6522native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
6523repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
6524macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
6525default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
6526also documents all the available macros.
6527@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
6528@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
6529@c Conditionals})
6530
56caf160
EZ
6531Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
6532@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
6533@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
6534code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
6535
6536You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
6537enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 6538language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
6539the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
6540and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
6541are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
6542approach.
6543
25822942 6544Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
6545specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
6546function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
6547will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
6548calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
6549(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
6550called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
6551functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
6552one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
6553structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
6554the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
6555look like.
6556
6557Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
6558code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
6559principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
6560else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
6561rather than worrying about all its details.
6562
56caf160
EZ
6563@cindex command implementation
6564A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
6565a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
6566single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
6567@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
6568via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
6569which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
6570the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
6571@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
6572command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
6573display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
6574not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
6575tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
6576breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
6577
6578@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
6579If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
6580on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
6581wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 6582@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
6583Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
6584
33e16fad 6585@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 6586
25822942 6587@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 6588@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 6589
25822942 6590If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
6591fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
6592Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 6593debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 6594./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 6595@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 6596
25822942 6597When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
6598@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
6599gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 6600in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
6601gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
6602
6603If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
6604you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
6605routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
6606@kbd{M-.}
6607
25822942 6608Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
6609have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
6610
6611@section Submitting Patches
6612
56caf160 6613@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 6614Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 6615@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
6616Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
6617changes.
6618
25822942
DB
6619The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
6620This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
6621
6622If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
6623or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
6624with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
6625
56caf160 6626@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
6627The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
6628copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
6629of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
6630standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
6631and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
6632owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
6633changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
6634etc) can be
9e0b60a8 6635contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 6636bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
6637this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
6638since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
6639
6640Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
6641feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
6642Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
6643header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
6644each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
6645needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
6646@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
6647single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
6648
6649In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 6650sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
6651If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
6652out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 6653
9e0b60a8
JM
6654The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
6655install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
6656or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 6657will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
6658The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
6659the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
6660being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
6661tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
6662the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
6663acceptable.
6664
6665If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
6666of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
6667installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
6668reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
6669complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
6670they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
6671permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
6672be for quite some time.
c906108c 6673
56caf160 6674Please send patches directly to
47b95330 6675@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
6676
6677@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 6678@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 6679
25822942 6680Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
6681configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
6682should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
6683
6684@table @code
c906108c
SS
6685@item STACK_END_ADDR
6686This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
6687in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
6688core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
6689gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 6690files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 6691and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
6692
6693Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
6694is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
6695
c906108c
SS
6696@end table
6697
bcd7e15f 6698@include observer.texi
2154891a 6699@raisesections
aab4e0ec 6700@include fdl.texi
2154891a 6701@lowersections
aab4e0ec 6702
56caf160
EZ
6703@node Index
6704@unnumbered Index
6705
6706@printindex cp
6707
c906108c 6708@bye
This page took 0.774779 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.